Gratitude is a game-changer

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza i o be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.

Hi everyone. Welcome back to Lavendaire. Today is the last episode in our Back to Basics series. I’ve saved the most important thing for last: Gratitude. Gratitude is a game-changer.

It’s something that, if you can bring more gratitude into your life, into your mind and space, then it will just make you happier. It will make you feel more fulfilled. It will help you truly appreciate everything that you have in your life, right in front of you, right now. I know that, if you’re in that stage where you’re striving for the future or you’re trying to accomplish this goal and yes, there’s nothing wrong with trying to accomplish things for the future.

But if you don’t have gratitude for everything that you have right now, then you’re never gonna feel like you have enough.

Tony Robbins has this quote. He says, “Success without gratitude is the biggest failure of all,” and I love that quote because he’s saying that even if you accomplish all these things, even if you look successful on the outside, if you don’t have gratitude with you every day, if you don’t appreciate what you have in front of you, then you’re never going to be truly happy, and you’re always gonna be craving more.

You’re going to be craving something else because you don’t feel like you have enough. And I think that’s a problem that a lot of people have. Even though they have a lot in their life.

You know, we have internet, we have food, we have shelter, we have clothes to wear. We have all these things and yet, we feel like we don’t have enough or we’re not good enough. We need more. We need this or we need that, or we need to do this or we need to do that. It’s gonna feel like a never-ending cycle of getting more, more, more, and you’re never gonna truly feel fulfilled inside unless you learn to cultivate gratitude in the everyday.

Gratitude is something that will help shift your perspective from blah to amazing. With gratitude, you change your world because you open your eyes to see all the wonderful things that you already have in your life that are right in front of you.

You learn to appreciate everything you have in your life, and it makes your life feel richer and fuller. You’re going to feel that abundance in your life. Once you feel that abundance, you’re going to attract even more abundance into your life.

Once you start feeling grateful for the things in your life, you’re going to find you have more and more and more things to be grateful for.

It is an expansion of the positivity, love, and joy in your life. And gratitude is honestly all you need because we have enough in our lives. We have everything we need, especially if you’re watching this video and you have the internet. You’re not lacking.

And you might feel like you don’t have enough, you might feel like you’re not where you want to be yet. And I get it. But trust me when I say: Once you start bringing more gratitude into your life, you’re gonna start feeling more whole. You’re gonna start feeling a lot better in general and it’s gonna shift your perspective into a more positive one.

It’s gonna change your life for the better.

I highly encourage you guys to start cultivating more gratitude in your thoughts. When you wake up, think about what you feel grateful for that day. Maybe keep a gratitude journal where, at the end of the day, you write down five things you’re grateful for right now. And it’s helpful to be more creative and be grateful for even the random details of your life.

Try to write a different thing each time so that you don’t just constantly write “I’m grateful for my friends, my family, my [whatever].

” Instead of writing the same things over and over again, start being more specific on the things that you’re grateful for, and then you’re going to start being more creative in finding something that you’re grateful for. And then you realize how much abundance and amazingness you have in your life. This is what I’ve been doing in my Artist of Life Workbook. I put a bunch of blank pages in here just so I can write whatever I wanted, and I started turning it into a success, joy, and gratitude journal where I will just keep track of all those positive things: things I’m grateful for, things that bring me joy, and little achievements, little victories that I could celebrate with myself.

That’s what I would encourage you guys to start doing, and why not start now?

If you’re up for it, I challenge you to write in the comments below five things that you’re grateful for. Be creative and be specific on five things that you’re truly, truly grateful for. And once you’re done writing those five things, feel free to write more if you want. But take the time to sit and feel that gratitude for everything. Feel that appreciation.

Feel that abundance that you have in your life. The more gratitude you practice, the more you’re going to feel grateful every day, and your life is going to feel better. You’re going to feel better. You’re going to be happier. So I hope you do this challenge because gratitude is a simple thing but it’s something that we forget to do sometimes.

Once you can do it more, it’s really easy. It will just snowball into a better and better life for you. I hope you liked today’s video. This was the last piece of the Back to Basics series. If you haven’t watched the other videos, I highly encourage you to watch them.

Click that card in the upper right corner. Have a beautiful day. See you next time. Bye!

[Music] Gratitude is the fastest way to raise your vibration so that you can attract to yourself the life of your dreams.

Listen to this every day for 21 days and you will see your world transform. It is very powerful. Remember to feel gratitude for all that you already have and all that you are in the process of manifesting – everything you desire is simply waiting for you in the infinite field of consciousness and your gratitude will magnetize and maximize your power of manifestation. Thank you. Thank you for this day.

Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my bed. Thank you for my shower.

Thank you for the roof over my head. Thank you for my home. Thank you for your warmth. Thank you for my healthy body. Thank you for the earth beneath my feet.

Thank you for my freedom. Thank you for mother nature. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for my intuition. Thank you for your travel. Thank you for my ability to replenish and rejuvenate.

Thank you for your companionship. Thank you for the plants. Thank you for my ability to visualize. Thank you for the flowers. Thank you for my ability to dream.

Thank you for the trees. Thank you for my ability to manifest all of my desires. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the Sun. Thank you for my ability to create wealth. Thank you for the moon.

Thank you for my ability to do what I love. Thank you for the wind. Thank you for your reflection. Thank you to all my teachers. Thank you for the night sky.

Thank you for all my lessons. Thank you for the Stars. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the oceans and the Seas. Thank you for your silence. Thank you for the forests.

Thank you for my self-respect. Thank you for the mountains.

Thank you for my ability to feel inner peace. Thank you for the rain. Thank you for my ability to sleep peacefully.

Thank you for the infinite opportunities available to me. Thank you for all my senses. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the water. Thank you for the fresh fruits and vegetables. Thank you for my ability to live with authenticity.

Thank you for your choice. Thank you for the balance of life. Thank you for your transportation. Thank you for my capacity to unconditionally self-love. Thank you to my family.

Thank you to my friends.

Thank you for your compassion. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for your kindness. Thank you for my ability to give and receive. Thank you for my creativity.

Thank you for my capacity to feel joy. Thank you for the light. Thank you for the sound. Thank you for my playfulness. [Music] Thank you for my ability to have wholesome loving relationships.

[Music] Thank you for the laughter.

Thank you for the rest. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe.

Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the delicious food and drinks. Thank you for my ability to touch and be touched. Thank you for the beauty of nature.

Thank you for my ability to forgive. Thank you for all the seasons. Thank you for my ability to heal. [Music] Thank you for wildlife. Thank you for my ability to achieve financial freedom.

Thank you for my passions. Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you. Thank you for my strong bones. Thank you for my strong muscles. Thank you for my healthy heart. Thank you for my strong back.

Thank you for my legs. Thank you for my feet. Thank you for my arms. Thank you for my hands. Thank you for my eyes.

Thank you for my ears. Thank you for my taste buds. Thank you for my healthy digestive system. Thank you for my balanced nervous system. Thank you.

Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you. Thank you for the process of realizing my innate perfection.

Thank you for your movement. Thank you for my ability to learn and grow. Thank you for your new beginnings. Thank you for my ability to have a deeply fulfilling romantic relationship. Thank you for the colour.

Thank you for my ability to make peace with my body. Thank you for the music. Thank you for my ability to trust. [Music] Thank you for the books. Thank you for my inner sanctuary.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life.

Thank you.

Thank you for dancing. Thank you for my natural talents. Thank you for my vibrant energy. Thank you for my inner wisdom. [Music] Thank you for my healthy boundaries.

Thank you for all my experiences. Thank you for all my blessings. Thank you for my capacity to love and be loved. [Music] Thank you for my unique spark of the divine. Thank you for my connection to all that is.

Thank you. Thank you for this day. Thank you for the air I breathe. Thank you for the gift of life. Thank you.

This is Jess from Live The Life You Love, supporting you to create your dreams and I love you.

[Music].

ZIYA GAFIC: I don’t think photography’s a [INAUDIBLE] medium. I see it more as a series of impressions or constructs about my projects. I want to see them as open structures and to allow some liberty readers to draw their conclusions about them.

I think that Islamic countries or the Muslim world. There’s a huge number of stories that are either untold or told superficially. Coming from a Muslim background in a country that has a significant Muslim community, I just wanted to try to offer a different perspective. Photography for me was a hobby. I have no academic background in photography whatsoever.

I was studying comparative literature, that’s my formal education. I want to tell stories. Here you’re using words, the other place you’re using pictures, but it’s the same thing. During the war years in Bosnia, I was a teenager, I was 15.

And I wasn’t able to take part in what was happening there, in the events that were unfolding around me.

Because I was too young to fight, and I was too young to be a photographer. Except for being the subject of those events, which means a target, like every other citizen. That was frustration. When I started working seriously, I was focused on what was the aftermath of the war in Bosnia. A huge part of it is compensation, maybe even re-creation of the excitement and adrenalin rushes that I was experiencing as a kid.

And as I was completing that body of work, I realized that several places around the world had been following a similar pattern of ethnic violence and fraternal wars. A lot of these places share one more thing in common, which is the significant Muslim population. So I got interested in that because I think photography– for me, it’s all about empathy. My previous experience allows me to do that. And that’s how the project, Troubled Islam, developed from working in Bosnia to all the countries to Pakistan.

This is from Pakistan. The family with the things that they saved when they were fleeing the Western Province. That is one of my favourites. It’s Kabul Cemetery. It’s an oxymoron in itself.

I just wanted to make a comparison between these countries. And one of the comparisons was, obviously, just to see how people cope.

And how they manage to preserve the traces of normality despite all the odds that are against them. The comparative method is not necessarily a very fruitful method to make conclusions. I think images it’s very fruitful.

I mean, if you put things together, the reader can kind of make a decision and make conclusions on their own. And this is a brand-new book that hasn’t been distributed yet and it’s a very special project. So I wanted to make something where my interference as a photographer, as a human being, will be minimized. And I also wanted to make a project that my subjects might benefit from. And the project culminated in a publication called Quest for Identity.

About eight years ago, I was working on a group project. And as part of that story, I went to this facility in central Bosnia which handles the whole identification process of missing people in Bosnia, which is roughly 40,000 people have been missing or killed. They have a database of DNA and so on. But among other things, they also have storage of archived, catalogued items.

Personal belongings that had been recovered along with the human remains.

What happens, they invite families and they browse through these items. This is a horrible process. And I said, wait a minute, wouldn’t it be better if these people recognized these items on the paper instead of physically having to go to these facilities and browse? So that’s the project. So I just had to photograph these items in the same way.

On a forensics table on which the bodies are assembled, and photographic in a very clinical, very detached way. And to create this book and iPad app and online catalogue of these items which will correspond with the physical archive. It’s amazing how absolute detachment in form can create an extremely emotional body of work.

Everyone has a wristwatch, everyone has family pictures in their wallet. It allows you as a reader to create a story around it.

Twenty magazines published that across the globe, from Spain to Holland, to the States. And the project was supported by so many people and so many organizations. So I think that’s probably the best thing– well, not the best, but the most important thing I’ve ever done. I have an assignment from the Sunday Times Magazine, which regularly hires me or runs my work. And so they gave me a commission for this particular story.

We’re flying to Riyadh in a few hours where we’ll spend 10 days shooting a story on Saudi Arabian women.

So I’m going to do photos, and I’m going to shoot video interviews. I travelled on several occasions to Saudi Arabia to do different stories. It’s a place that it’s rarely reported from, considering that it’s pretty difficult to get access to the country itself. And every time someone speaks about Saudi Arabia, that’s what they speak about– women’s rights to drive, to work.

So it’s a good place to challenge the stereotype. So we came to Saudi Arabia in Riyadh, the capital. Riyadh is a weird city, I would say. It’s a kind of heartland of the royal family, which is a kind of plateau in the middle of the country. I wouldn’t call it a beautiful city, because there’s nothing actually to resemble the fact that this is one of the oldest inhabited places on Earth.

All the traces of old cultures and civilizations are kind of wiped out. And instead of that you just have this eclectic architecture which combines super modern American architecture with some Bedouin kind of tent-style roofs and so on. So a lot of glass, a lot of metal. Yeah, it is a kind of a place where everything takes place in private places. Either behind the walls of the houses or in the shopping malls– close quarters, so to speak.

It’s because of the heat, and because of this obsessive need for privacy. So nothing happens in the streets. And to make things even more complicated, Saudi society’s fairly segregated. I wouldn’t call it extreme, but here it’s more visible. Talking to women in general, it’s not the easiest thing to do.

And especially when it comes to talking to the camera or taking pictures that are going to be published abroad.

It’s a traditional culture, it’s sensitive. So as usual, I rely on local knowledge and local connections. Good, yeah? FAHMI FARAHAT: Absolutely, ready.

Rock and roll. ZIYA GAFIC: Because no matter how many times to travel to a certain place, your knowledge of culture and how things work is fairly limited. We hired a local production company. They have a lot of experience in dealing with people. I made specific demands of what kind of women I would like to meet.

The local production company sorted it all out. FAHMI FARAHAT: Ladies. It’s what I do for a living now, fixing ladies. ZIYA GAFIC: I think there’s a general feeling that Muslim women in general, and Saudi woman in particular, is somehow put in the backseat of society.

That picture is very fragmented and largely inaccurate.

So I’d like to get kind of a cross-section of Saudi women and to try to photograph them and interview them in their private spaces or their working space. That way? MALE SPEAKER: Yeah. DR. BOTHYNA MURSHID: In Saudi Arabia when we go out, we wear an abaya.

Abaya, it’s different from region to region. Here in Riyadh, we wear mainly black. For every occasion, we do have different kinds of abayas. Fashion designers would have a business only to sell abayas. And women they, of course, are like oh, I’m wearing this designer, I’m wearing that.

So yes, the abaya, it’s part of the fashion now. My name is Bothyna Zakarea Murshid. I had my doctorate from Yale University in management of chronic illness, which is a sub-speciality from a doctorate in clinical research. ZIYA GAFIC: Whenever we are talking about Muslim women, Saudi Arabia’s always picked up as a bad example. But, statistically, women in Saudi Arabia are more educated than men.

There are more women with college degrees, or MAs and BAs and PhDs, than men.

If the issue that we are dealing with is that Muslim women are underrepresented in the media, then I want to dedicate my attention to her. Can you move a little bit that way? Yeah, perfect. That’s why portraits seemed like an appropriate way to do it.

I wanted to give certain formal values to the picture. So I’d like to be accurately composed.

After all these years of being a photographer, I don’t get easily surprised. But what keeps surprising me every single time I get out in the field and photograph is how people are willing to allow photographers to enter their private space. I think that’s pretty amazing in any country.

And also in a country like Saudi Arabia where everything is so private anyways. Somehow there’s this implied trust between a subject and a photographer. So you have a cupcake store? BASSMA ALHAMMAD: It’s not ours, we’re only opening the franchise.

But the original was in Dammam.

It was founded by a Saudi female– it was very successful. It’s all cupcakes, and they are covered over with green cream. About Saudi women in general, a lot of people think they’re pampered. But the truth is no, they’re very active but behind the scenes. They’re mothers, they’re housewives, they work, and they study at the same time.

A full job, also they’re starting their own business.

Recently I can see they’re achieving a lot. ZIYA GAFIC: On the other hand, yeah, they’re beautiful women. That’s also another thing that we are not aware of. Because most of the images you see are images from the street where they are obliged to cover either part of their body or most of their body and face.

This was a more controlled environment where I would choose which part of the room or house plays the person the way I would like. What I wanted to create is this kind of simple environmental portrait. And the context, in this case, environment and private spaces, actually tells much more than just the figure or the face of the person. The story about Islam is a relevant one, globally. I think it’s been widely inaccurately represented in the media.

That it’s tried to be presented as a conflict between East and West and between Christianity and Islam, and I think that’s dangerous. So it’s on us to shift that image. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: Oh, wow. Jesus. [SPEAKING ARABIC] ZIYAH GAFIC: All of the women we met, they all work and they all have college degrees.

And equally so, I’m sure there’s a bunch of women who are not educated and are out of work.

But I’m just talking about what I’ve seen. And obviously, we’ve seen only a small fraction of it, so I’m not claiming that we have the whole picture. But I think it’s important to do stories that are showing at least slightly a different side of the coin. Nice to meet you.

How are you? Nice to meet you. With photographers somehow, a lot of us try to please the stereotypes. We blamed it on yeah, that’s what the media wants. That’s what the people want to see.

How do we know what people want to see? I can only listen to common sense. If I was the reader, what I would like to read? So this is what I would like to read. So I do the stories that I would like to see someone else do.

.

You could have a master’s or doctorate. You could have a high school education. You could be overweight, you could be underweight, you could be sick, you could be healthy, you could be young, you could be old, any skin colour. I’ve seen it on all different people, all different races, all different sizes, all different shapes, and all different diets.

Nobody is so special to be excluded from that phenomenon! Well, it takes a little bit of training. I mean, knowledge is the forerunner to experience. So, I now know that if you give people the right information and, as I’ve said in the past on your show, science is that language. And you can combine the quantum model and neuroscientific model with neuroplasticity and neuroendocrinology and psychoneuroimmunology and epigenetics and electromagnetism and all those wonderful different branches of science and build a new model of understanding.

The person has to be able to explain that model.

If they can’t explain it, it’s not wired in their brain. So, they can’t assign meaning to what they’re doing. They leave it up to conjecture, they leave it up to hope. They leave it up to wishing, praying, and wanting.

That’s the old model. But when they understand what they’re doing and why, and they can articulate it, they’re installing the neurological hardware in their brain in preparation for the experience so they’ll understand how to do it better. And make it so simple that it’s not about making it complicated. What it’s about is eliminating everything else that’s not part of the formula. To stop wondering why it hasn’t happened, stop analyzing and judging yourself, and stop saying: I can, it’s too hard.

Those are the very things that are standing in the way between you and your future. So you come up against yourself. Well, what do most people do when they come up against themselves at home in their meditation? They say: I can’t meditate, they get up, they get on their cell phone, and they quit. They get up, they turn the TV on, they get up, they do whatever.

Have a cup of coffee, whatever. They haven’t gone past that point because they don’t understand that they should. So then, when you begin to create a model of understanding and the person can explain it, they’re wiring it in their brain. Now, as they install the neurological hardware in their brain, they’re priming their brain for the experience! So then, you give them the instruction and they can understand what they’re doing and why, and you set up the conditions in their environment where they feel safe enough to create, now we take them to the next level.

And the experience then begins to change their brain.

It begins to change their body. It begins to downregulate certain genes, and upregulate other genes. And you may have a good meditation, you may not have one that’s so great. But if I said to you: Now Brian, what did you do well in that last meditation that you love about yourself?

Explain that to me. And you can articulate what you did well, I guarantee you – when it comes time to do it again, you’ll do it again. Then if I said to you: If you had another opportunity to do it again, what would you do differently? What would you bring? What would you improve on?

What would you work on? And if you can articulate that, I guarantee you, you’re going to become conscious of those unconscious things that you are once unconscious of and now you’re going to go a little further.

And when you stretch a person a little further past that point where they normally stop, that unknown, that’s where the magic happens! So, in the beginning, you step out into the unknown and it feels uncomfortable. But if you keep applying what you’re learning, we’ve seen this over and over again for years now, the person gets beyond themselves, there’s this kind of dramatic shift that takes place in a collective of 1,000 people or 1,500 people.

Now the energy in the room is changing, now people are getting it, they’re creating more coherence, they’re starting to break through. And now allow them to demonstrate how powerful they are and you will be surprised by what you see! And it comes in any shape, any age, any sickness.

I mean, you can’t tell me you’re too sick to do this work any longer. Imagine understanding the science of creation.

Now, as I said, it takes a lot of practice, and it takes a lot of information. We don’t go for the whole enchilada. We teach people methodically, step by step how to build on every day, they build a little bit more, they build a little bit more, and they get a little bit better. Imagine that you do that to such a degree that you understand how to do it all the time. Now, you’re not going to sit down to do the work and be like Oh God, I got to go create now.

You’re going to be pretty inspired to create. You’re going to enjoy it! It’s going to be something that you look forward to. And that’s kind of the thing that I’m proud of when it comes to our community. Because we’re doers.

And people do the work every day because they want the magic to be sustained. They wanted to continue. And so, it’s no longer an obligation. It’s no longer a need to do it, to please God, to do the right thing, to be good, or whatever people do it for. This is because they want to keep that kind of crazy world happening!

And if you’re in the belief system unconsciously that you’re a body local and space and time in 3-dimensional reality, and you’re trying to reach your goals and create your vision and do all the stuff, and you’re a body, matter trying to change matter, then you have to drag your body through space every single day to get what you want. Back and forth to work, whatever. And it’s going to take you time to get your goals finally. That may take you a couple of years. Well, that’s because you have to think that I have to move my body to go get what I want.

So then, I got to compete, I got a force, I got to fight for, I got to control, I got to manipulate, I got to figure it out. Well, that’s what you do with limited resources when you’re body, local in space and time, trying to create something else, local in space and time. Well, if you matter trying to create matter, then you got to do stuff to make it happen.

You know, get the skills, get all the different things. Well, now you got to lay down that very thing you used your whole life to get what you want and relearn another way to do it.

So then, now you’re back to matter trying to change matter. And so now you’re in that 3-dimensional world and you can execute there and we can work it out, but it’s going to take time. Well, when you start realizing – where you place your attention is where you place your energy, and the stronger the emotion you feel when you get angry, the more you’re going to pay attention to that person, you’re giving your power to that person.

You’re giving your life force to that person because that’s where your attention is. Well, when you learn how to lower the volume of that emotion, you take your attention off that person, and you begin to break your energetic bond with that person.

You call energy back to you, now you have the energy to heal, and you’re building your electromagnetic field. Now, when you understand the science of creation and you understand it happens in the generous present moment, and you’re practising every single day on how to be present, you’re not going to start creating until you know that you’re beyond yourself and you’re creating in the present moment, you know when you’re there and when you’re not.

And you’re creating by changing your energy and you understand when there’s a vibrational match between your energy and some potential in the quantum field, you no longer have to go anywhere to get it. You are the magnet, you’re drawing the experience, you’re collapsing time and space or experience is coming to you! You understand the science behind that.

I guarantee you that you won’t be rushing and competing to get anywhere.

Everybody else will be rushing in competing, you’ll be doing just the opposite. You’ll just be in the present moment changing your energy, understanding that there’s a better way to do it. Now, this is where it gets exciting. And all of a sudden, you start figuring that out.

So in traffic, you have 3 options – you can get frustrated or impatient and you could be like: Well, it’s a good time to tune into my future. I’m doing it with my eyes open, I’m going to fall in love with my future, and I’m going to open my heart. And the side effect of that is starting to see those changes every day you’re drawing a little closer.

Now, here’s the cool part. We hear stories like this.

We have coherence healing groups, you know, we have people that understand that if you can begin to change the patterns in the field, you can change matter. It does not matter that emits the field, it’s the field that creates matter! If you change the field, you change matter! You don’t change the tumour, you change the pattern in the field and the hologram of the tumour changes. So we go an extensive understanding of this.

And now we’re doing these coherence healings and we’re seeing people have instantaneous changes in their health. I mean, instantaneous! And so, now these groups of people say: Well God if I’m truly in the quantum field, there’s no separation. I don’t have to have the person in front of me that we are healing, I just need a picture or the coordinate and my thought will connect me to them because there’s no separation.

I’m connected to everything in the unified field.

The unified field is the invisible field of energy that connects everything material. If I get there, then I don’t need to be in the presence of that person. So we have hundreds of people doing these coherence groups, these co-heal groups. And here’s a lady that.

. They do them at breakfast and lunch. They call them the Hallelujah amens. And if there’s a child that has leukaemia or non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, if there’s someone who has a serious health condition, they work with three songs at breakfast, they do one person per song, so they do 3 people in the morning and then the 3 people at lunch. Well, the lady’s driving down the road and she realizes it’s time for the co-heal session.

She pulls over on the side of the road in a neighbourhood. She turns her music up. She gets right into it. Next thing you know, she gets a knock on the window and it’s the police officer. And the police officer says: Roll the window down, what are you doing?

You know, we’re getting calls from the neighbours, they think.

Are you sick? Is something wrong? Is it an emergency? And more importantly, they’re wondering, there are children around here if you’re safe.

And she said: No, no, we do this coherence healing thing and I was just tuning in to the people and she’s got the music blasting. And he leans over to look into the car, and when he leans over, he jumps back and he looks at her and he said: What just happened? She said: What do you mean? He said: The pain in my back just went away. I don’t have any, I was in a lot of pain.

I don’t have any pain at all. And she said: Oh, you were healed into wholeness with love. And she gave him the wink and roll the window up and took off! Now that’s the side effect of what could happen in the change of energy! He had direct experience, she did nothing.

He just entered a coherent field. So you start seeing these unusual things happening, that are happy… They’re becoming the new normal and having an effect, like, that’s how powerful you are!

I now know without a doubt Humberto if you give people sound scientific information and science is the Contemporary language of mysticism it is correct science demystifies the mystical hello guys the reason you’re watching this video is most probably because you want to bring more joy and happiness in your life you’re in the right place Dr Joe dispenza share his way of making these changes who said it should be difficult to have beautiful life you heard it on the news from your friends maybe your parents happiness is the state everybody can have and it comes from within you not from the outside world before I leave you with Dr Joe dispenza if you love his work and you don’t want to miss my new videos hit that subscribe button and the bell button next to it enjoy and you combined with quantum physics with all Neuroscience or neuroendocrinology little psychonur Immunology a little epigenetics little brainwave technology and people as they’re embracing that information and it’s current now it’s not enough to just listen to it because you learn it you make new Connections in your brain but then we ask our students to turn to the person next to them and explain it if you can’t explain it it’s not wired in your brain so then they begin to build the model of understanding firing and wiring firing and wiring and as they begin to make their brain fire in new sequences and new patterns and new combinations they’re changing their mind mind is the brain in action so if we keep reminding them of these models and they can explain it they’re installing the neurological hardware and their brain in preparation for the experience and the more they understand what they’re doing and why the howl gets easier so then if I can set up the conditions in the environment immediately right afterwards and nothing’s left the conjecture nothing’s left to Superstition nothing’s left the Dogma yes you understand exactly what you’re doing and why and you give the people the proper instruction and they feel safe enough to do it and I have 750 people or a thousand people or 1500 people a community of people all doing it at the same time a certain percentage of those people are going to get their behaviors to match their intentions and their actions equal to their thoughts and when they do they’re gonna have some type of transformation a change in form well if I could measure their transformation like we did then I have more information to teach transformation the next time and if I can measure that transformation I have more information as each transformation the next time so all of a sudden you start closing the gap between knowledge and experience so there’s a momentum when you get a community of people together and they’re not busy on their cell phones or their computers or taking care of their kids they are focused and they’re focused on creating a new future and after looking at 8 000 some odd brain scans I can tell you that you are at your absolute best when you get Beyond yourself period that is a fact so you get all of a sudden now people starting to break through and we start at six in the morning and we go to Six in the evening or seven nobody complains it’s fun and some days we’re up at four in the morning because that is when the brain chemistry is right for the mystical and people show up because they want the mystical more than their sleep yes so if we get a community of people doing this and the first day it’s a little bit of a challenge to break past your emotions and your frustration and your habits and all the voices in your head but if you keep going all of a sudden there’s a momentum and people just start letting go and so in four days well Saturday or Sunday the energy of the room was off the chart people were standing up that had all kinds of amazing healings and I thought what if we had three more days of this we could move mountains and so I stopped doing the four day advance stopped doing the measurements because we have tons of data although we do some measurements here and there and do the week-longs and let’s just go and so now in the week-long events after looking at all the data I know that you can create hard coherence and brain coherence because I’ve seen your skin no so then I say okay let’s do something really Supernatural let’s put people in conditions in the environment that would normally evoke fear anxiety normally you invoke exhaustion or some type of limited state and in that moment have them begin to with their eyes open create heart coherence and brain coherence and begin to make that change and all of a sudden people are in these new weak ones they’re breaking through because if you’re standing on a pole that’s um yeah let’s see you know about 15 meters 13 meters in the air really tall really high and you are you know strapped in but you’re standing on that pole and there’s a trapeze behind you or you’re walking across a plank and that other side is your future and your legs are shaking and your heart is racing you only got one of two choices either you’re gonna stop [Music] with your eyes open work on creating coherence again settling down and moving across and we had people with Ms with lupus we had people with Parkinson’s disease walking across those planks and let me tell you something they got off those planks and they were not the same person and so the model is not so much accomplishment because that becomes a trap as well the model is taking people further than where they normally go because what happens with most people is I believe that you learn the most about yourself and you learn the most about others when they’re outside their comfort zone true or when we’re outside our comfort zone so so then all of this is like uh to get people to the point where they believe in themselves and when you believe in yourself you believe in possibility and and when you take a person who says I I don’t think I can do that and you say well why don’t you just climb up and see how you do and then they climb up and then you say why don’t you just get up there and you know it’s all safe and it’s you know there’s a ton of support but if you’re afraid of heights it breaks you out but right but if you if you go further than where you normally go there’s a release of energy yes and that release of energy is free energy that’s available energy for you to create a new future that’s available energy to heal so in these week-longs we’ve had two so far I’ll uh I’ll show you some of the videos when we break here and uh it’s really powerful really powerful and to challenge people to that measure and to get them to believe in themselves there’s no greater drug there’s just no greater feeling and then imagine you know you’re up there and it’s not competitive everybody is down there cheering you on and loving you yeah right you can do this and you know we have people in their 80s uh you know do that and then when it comes to the walking meditation they heal their body in one hour walking as their future self I mean it’s just outstanding so I’m super excited about it because I’ve stopped doing my Progressive workshops I’ve stopped doing the Intensive workshops I don’t do Keynotes very often unless I oh somebody a favor I don’t do conferences that much I I my passion is to be with doers I’m a real transformation real transform evidence I mean this is a time in history where it’s not enough to know this is a time in history to know how and I’m so proud to say that the community of people that we have around the world they do the work they just do the work they just wake up in the morning and they they change their brain and body and they get their heart open and they get in that state and they expect the uncommon and the miraculous and the unknown the shop in their life because why else are we doing this yeah people think they want health or they want wealth or they want a new relationship or they want love it’s not that it’s who you become in the process because every person that had a spontaneous remission and I’ve interviewed so many of them in our work they’ll tell you that my disease was my greatest teacher they’ll tell you it wasn’t my mother it wasn’t my father who was abusive it wasn’t my uncle you know who was abusive it’s just who I became in the process you can’t take that away from a person because it’s not the wealth it’s it’s you become you become the very thing and so people are starting to wrap their mind around these Concepts and when you start understanding that the only thing you want is the unknown in stress you run from the unknown when your heart is open you crave it it’s an adventure and and so people are evolving because of it and they’re doing the work and we have the evidence to show that common people around the world are doing The Uncommon you know the funny thing about that is our last Advanced week-long we had three people step out of their wheelchairs it’s becoming The New Normal and again you know when you see somebody and this this is the power of numbers and it’s there’s nothing like a story uh we you have witnessed uh people stand up with a diagnosis of breast cancer of colon cancer a diagnosis of peripheral neuropathy a diagnosis of esophageal cancer you you stand you watch them stand on the stage and tell their story of their own personal healing and they don’t look like a movie star or a sports figure they’re not all young they’re not all buffed they’re not all wealthy and something happens that’s innate in US you watch that and it’s not like all glamorous you know they had a lot of struggles they had a lot of challenges they lost their people in their life they they got really sick you know and and they kept going and you hear how they did the work in spite of fear a self-doubt you hear that they did the work in spite of feeling so sick that they couldn’t do it or there wasn’t enough time they never missed a day and they stand up there and they say you know um I had no reason to be in love with life but every day I wouldn’t get up for my meditation until I was in love with life and the disease is gone and and I have a great life right now I’m in love with my life and and you watch that person tell the story they’re speaking to you about possibility and you can’t sit down and do the work and deny that it’s the truth any longer you now know it’s the truth yes and it’s no longer like uh this isn’t really for me it doesn’t really work it’s really like what is it about me that’s not making my way what is it what is the emotion what is the unconscious belief what is the program

If you believe that your thoughts have something to do with your destiny and you can’t think greater than how you feel, or feelings have become the means of thinking, by the very definition of emotions – you’re thinking in the past! And for the most part, you’re going to keep creating the same life. So then, people grab their cell phone, they check their WhatsUp, they check their texts, they check their emails, they check Facebook, they take a picture of their feet, they post it on Facebook, they tweet something, they do Instagram, they check the news, and now they feel connected to everything that’s known in their life.

And then they go through a series of routine behaviours. They get out of bed on the same side, they go to the toilet, they got a cup of coffee, they take a shower, they get dressed, they drive to work the same way, they do the same things, they see the same people that push the same emotional buttons.

And that becomes the routine and it becomes like a program. So now they’ve lost their free will to a program. And there’s no unseen hand doing it to them. So when it comes time to change, the redundancy of that cycle becomes a subconscious program.

So now, 95% of who we are by the time we’re 35 years old is a memorized set of behaviours, emotional reactions, unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, beliefs and perceptions that function like a computer program.

So then, a person can say with 5% of their conscious mind: I want to be healthy, I want to be happy, I want to be free. But the body is on a whole different program. So then, how do you begin to make those changes? Well, you have to get beyond the analytical mind because what separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind is the analytical mind. And that’s where meditation comes in.

Because you can teach people through practice how to change their brainwaves, and slow them down.

And when they do that properly, they do enter the operating system where they can begin to make some really important changes. So, most people then wait for a crisis, trauma, disease, or diagnosis, you know, they wait for loss, some tragedy to make up their mind to change. And my message is: Why wait? You can learn and change in a state of pain and suffering.

Or you can learn and change in a state of joy and inspiration. I think right now the cool thing is that people are waking up. Your body, as the unconscious mind, doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion and the emotion that you’re creating by thought alone.

So, the body’s believing it’s living in the same experience 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. And so then, when those emotions influence certain thoughts, and they do, and then those thoughts create the same emotions, and those same emotions influence the same thoughts, now the entire person’s state of being is in the past.

So then, the hardest part about change is not making the same choices you did the day before. Period. And the moment you decide to make a different choice, get ready! Because it’s going to feel uncomfortable. We keep firing and wiring those circuits, they become more hardwired.

So, you have a thought and then the program runs. But it’s the emotion that follows the thought. If you have a fearful thought, you’re going to feel anxiety. The moment you feel anxiety, your brain’s checking in with your body and saying: Yeah, you’re pretty anxious.

So then, you start thinking more corresponding thoughts equal to how you feel.

Well, the redundancy of that cycle conditions the body to become the mind. So now, when it comes time to change, a person steps into that river of change and makes a different choice. And all of a sudden they don’t feel the same way. So the body says: Well, you’ve been doing this for 35 years, you’re going to just stop feeling suffering and stop feeling guilty and stop feeling shameful? And you’re not going to complain or blame or make excuses or feel sorry for yourself?

Well, the body’s in the unknown. So the body says: I want to return to familiar territory.

So, the body starts influencing the mind. Then it says: Start tomorrow. You’re too much like your mother, you’ll never change.

This isn’t going to work for you. This doesn’t feel right. And so, if you respond to that thought as if it’s true, that same thought will lead to the same choice, which will lead to the same behaviour, which will create the same experience, which produces the same emotion. In a sense, if you’re sitting down and you start thinking about some future worst-case scenario that you’re conjuring up in your mind and you begin to feel the emotion of that event, your body doesn’t know the difference between the event that’s taking place in your world, outer world, and what you are creating by emotion or thought alone! So most people then, they’re constantly reaffirming their emotional states.

So when it comes time to give up that emotion, they can say: I want to do it but the body is stronger than the mind, because it’s been conditioned that way.

So, the servant now has become the master. And the person all of a sudden, once they step into that unknown, they’d rather feel guilt and suffering because at least they can predict it. Being the unknown is a scary place for most people because the unknown is uncertain. People say to me: Well, I can’t predict my future, I’m in the unknown.

And I always say: The best way to predict your future is to create it, not from the known but from the unknown. What thoughts do you want a fire and wire in your brain? What behaviours do you want to demonstrate in one day? The act of rehearsing it mentally, closing your eyes and rehearsing the action.

.

They are rehearsing the reaction to what you want. Yeah, the action of what you want, by closing your eyes and mentally rehearsing some action. If you’re truly present, the brain does not know the difference between what you’re imaging and what you’re experiencing in the 3D world. So then, you begin to install the neurological hardware in your brain to look like the event has already occurred!

Now your brain is no longer a record of the past. Now it’s a map to the future! And if you keep doing it, priming it that way, the hardware becomes a software program! And who knows, you just may start acting like a happy person. And then I think the hardest part is to teach our body emotionally what the future will feel like ahead of the experience.

So, what does that mean? You can’t wait for your success to feel empowered, you can’t wait for your wealth to feel abundant, you can’t wait for your new relationship to feel love, or for your healing to feel whole. I mean, that’s the old model of reality of cause and effect. You know, waiting for something outside of us to change how we feel inside of us. And when we feel better inside of us, we pay attention to whoever or whatever caused it.

But what that means then is that, from the Newtonian world, most people spend their whole life living in lack waiting for something to change out there.

What do you mean by the Newtonian world? The Newtonian world is all about the predictable. It’s all about predicting the future. But the quantum model of reality is about causing an effect!

The moment you start feeling abundant and worthy, you are generating wealth. The moment you’re empowered and feel it, you’re beginning to step towards your success! The moment you start feeling whole, your healing begins. And when you love yourself and you love all of life, you’ll create an equal. And now you’re causing an effect!

And I think that’s the difference between living as a victim in your world saying: I am this way because of this person, or that thing, or this experience, they made me think and feel this way.

When you switch that around, you become a creator of your world. And you start saying: My thinking and my feeling are changing an outcome in my life. And now that’s a whole different game. And we start believing more that we are creators of reality.

And if you wake up in the morning and you’re not being defined by a vision of the future, as you see the same people, and you go to the same places, and you do the same thing at the same time, it’s no longer that your personality is creating your reality. Now your reality is affecting or creating your personality.

Your environment is controlling how you think and feels unconscious. Because every person, everything, every place, and every experience has a neurological network in your brain. Every experience that you have with every person produces an emotion.

So, some people will use their boss to reaffirm their addiction to judgment. They’ll use their enemy to reaffirm their addiction to hatred. They’ll use their friends to reaffirm their addiction to suffering. So now they need the outer world to feel something.

So, to change then is to be greater than your environment, to be greater than the conditions in your world.

And the environment is that seductive. So then, why is meditation the tool? Well, let’s sit down, let’s close our eyes, and let’s disconnect from your outer environment. So, if you’re seeing fewer things, there is less stimulation going to your brain. If you’re playing soft music or you have your plugs in, less sensory information is coming to your brain.

So you’re disconnecting from your environment. If you can sit your body down and tell it to stay like an animal, stay right here, I’m going to feed you and when we’re done you can get up and check your emails, you can do all your texts. But right now you’re going to sit there and obey me! So then, when you do that properly and you’re not eating anything, or smelling anything, or tasting anything, you’re not up experiencing and feeling anything, you would have to agree with me that you’re being defined by thought, right? So when the body wants to go back to its emotional past, you become aware that your attention is on that emotion, and where you place your attention is where you place your energy, you’re siphoning your energy out of the present moment into the past.

And you become aware of that, and you settle your body back down in the present moment because it’s saying: Well, it’s 8:00, you normally get upset because you’re in traffic around this time, and here you are sitting, and we’re used to feeling anger and you’re off schedule. Oh, it’s 11:00 and you usually check your email and judge everybody. The body is looking for that predictable chemical state. Every time you become aware that you’re doing that and your body is craving those emotions, and you settle it back down into the present moment, you’re telling the body it’s no longer the mind, that you’re the mind! And now your will is getting greater than the program.

And if you keep doing this over and over again, just like training a stallion or a dog, it’s just going to say: I’m going to sit! And the moment that happens and the body is no longer the mind, when it finally surrenders, there’s a liberation of energy. We go from particle to wave, from matter to energy, and we free ourselves from the chains of those emotions that keep us in the familiar past. And we’ve seen this a thousand times. We can predict it now.

I hope this was helpful. Learn how to attract anything to you in just 14 minutes with Joe Dispenza in the video to your right! Have a nice day.